SemaDecl.cpp revision 7cbc558ffda5877ec4d2e432534e3d3d4ac10050
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 37// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 38#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 39#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 41#include <algorithm> 42#include <cstring> 43#include <functional> 44using namespace clang; 45using namespace sema; 46 47Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 48 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 49} 50 51/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 52/// return the declaration of that type. 53/// 54/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 55/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 56/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 57/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 58/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 59/// 60/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 61/// and then return NULL. 62ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 63 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 64 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 65 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 66 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 67 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 68 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 69 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 70 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 71 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 73 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 74 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 75 76 if (!LookupCtx) { 77 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 78 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 79 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 80 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 81 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 82 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 83 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 84 // 85 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 86 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 87 if (!isClassName) 88 return ParsedType(); 89 90 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 91 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 92 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 93 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 94 95 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 96 QualType T = 97 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 98 II, NameLoc); 99 100 return ParsedType::make(T); 101 } 102 103 return ParsedType(); 104 } 105 106 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 107 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 108 return ParsedType(); 109 } 110 111 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 112 // lookup for class-names. 113 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 114 LookupOrdinaryName; 115 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 116 if (LookupCtx) { 117 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 118 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 119 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 120 // nested-name-specifier. 121 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 122 123 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 124 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 125 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 126 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 127 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 128 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 129 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 130 LookupName(Result, S); 131 } 132 } else { 133 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 134 LookupName(Result, S); 135 } 136 137 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 138 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 139 case LookupResult::NotFound: 140 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 141 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 142 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 143 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 144 return ParsedType(); 145 146 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 147 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 148 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 149 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 150 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 151 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 152 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 153 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 154 return ParsedType(); 155 } 156 157 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 158 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 159 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 160 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 161 if (!IIDecl || 162 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 163 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 164 IIDecl = *Res; 165 } 166 } 167 168 if (!IIDecl) { 169 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 170 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 171 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 172 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 173 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 174 // a type name. 175 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 176 return ParsedType(); 177 } 178 179 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 180 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 181 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 182 // perform the name lookup again. 183 break; 184 185 case LookupResult::Found: 186 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 187 break; 188 } 189 190 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 191 192 QualType T; 193 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 194 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 195 196 if (T.isNull()) 197 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 198 199 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 200 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 201 // Construct a type with type-source information. 202 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 203 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 204 205 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 206 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 207 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 208 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 209 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 210 } else { 211 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 212 } 213 } 214 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 215 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 216 if (!HasTrailingDot) 217 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 218 } 219 220 if (T.isNull()) { 221 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 222 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 223 return ParsedType(); 224 } 225 return ParsedType::make(T); 226} 227 228/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 229/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 230/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 231/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 232/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 233DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 234 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 235 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 236 LookupName(R, S, false); 237 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 238 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 239 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 240 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 241 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 242 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 243 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 244 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 245 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 246 } 247 } 248 249 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 250} 251 252bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 253 SourceLocation IILoc, 254 Scope *S, 255 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 256 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 257 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 258 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 259 260 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 261 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 262 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 263 NotForRedeclaration); 264 265 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 266 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 267 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 268 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 269 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 270 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 271 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 272 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 273 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 274 Result->getNameAsString()); 275 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 276 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 277 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 278 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 279 Result->getNameAsString()); 280 else 281 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 282 283 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 284 << Result->getDeclName(); 285 286 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 287 false, false, ParsedType(), 288 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 289 return true; 290 } 291 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 292 // We corrected to a keyword. 293 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 294 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 295 << &II << Corrected; 296 return true; 297 } 298 } 299 300 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 301 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 302 UnqualifiedId Name; 303 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 304 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 305 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 306 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 307 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 308 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 309 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 310 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 311 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 312 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 313 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 314 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 315 } 316 return true; 317 } 318 } 319 320 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 321 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 322 323 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 324 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 325 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 326 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 327 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 328 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 329 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 330 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 331 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 332 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 333 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 334 } else { 335 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 336 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 337 } 338 339 return true; 340} 341 342// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 343// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 344// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 345DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 346 347 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 348 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 349 // the context we'll need to return to. 350 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 351 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 352 353 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 354 // lexical context. 355 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 356 return DC; 357 358 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 359 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 360 // class is the context we need to return to. 361 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 362 DC = RD; 363 364 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 365 // declared in. 366 return DC; 367 } 368 369 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 370 // of the class. 371 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 372 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 373 374 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 375} 376 377void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 378 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 379 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 380 CurContext = DC; 381 S->setEntity(DC); 382} 383 384void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 385 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 386 387 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 388 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 389} 390 391/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 392/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 393/// 394void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 395 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 396 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 397 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 398 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 399 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 400 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 401 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 402 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 403 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 404 // namespace. 405 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 406 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 407 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 408 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 409 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 410 411 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 412 413#ifndef NDEBUG 414 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 415 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 416 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 417#endif 418 419 CurContext = DC; 420 S->setEntity(DC); 421} 422 423void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 424 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 425 426 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 427 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 428 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 429 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 430 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 431 432 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 433 // disappear. 434} 435 436/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 437/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 438/// 439/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 440/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 441/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 442/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 443/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 444/// attribute. 445static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 446 ASTContext &Context) { 447 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 448 return true; 449 450 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 451 return true; 452 453 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 454 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 455} 456 457/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 458void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 459 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 460 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 461 // scope. 462 while (S->getEntity() && 463 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 464 S = S->getParent(); 465 466 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 467 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 468 // into any context. 469 if (AddToContext) 470 CurContext->addDecl(D); 471 472 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 473 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 474 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 475 D->isOutOfLine()) 476 return; 477 478 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 479 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 480 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 481 return; 482 483 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 484 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 485 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 486 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 487 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 488 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 489 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 490 491 // Should only need to replace one decl. 492 break; 493 } 494 } 495 496 S->AddDecl(D); 497 498 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 499 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 500 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 501 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 502 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 503 if ((*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->Encloses(CurContext)) 504 break; 505 } 506 507 IdResolver.InsertDecl(I, D); 508 } else { 509 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 510 } 511} 512 513bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 514 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 515 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 516 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 517} 518 519Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 520 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 521 do { 522 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 523 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 524 return S; 525 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 526 527 return 0; 528} 529 530static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 531 DeclContext*, 532 ASTContext&); 533 534/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 535/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 536static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 537 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 538 bool ConsiderLinkage, 539 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 540 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 541 while (F.hasNext()) { 542 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 543 544 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 545 continue; 546 547 if (ConsiderLinkage && 548 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 549 continue; 550 551 F.erase(); 552 } 553 554 F.done(); 555} 556 557static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 558 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 559 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 560 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 561} 562 563/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 564static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 565 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 566 while (F.hasNext()) 567 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 568 F.erase(); 569 570 F.done(); 571} 572 573/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 574/// @code 575/// class S { 576/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 577/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 578/// }; 579/// @endcode 580static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 581 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 582 // the decl here. 583 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 584 return false; 585 586 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 587 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 588 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 589 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 590 return false; 591} 592 593bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 594 assert(D); 595 596 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 597 return false; 598 599 // Ignore class templates. 600 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 601 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 602 return false; 603 604 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 605 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 606 return false; 607 608 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 609 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 610 return false; 611 } else { 612 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 613 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 614 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 615 return false; 616 } 617 618 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 619 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 620 return false; 621 622 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 623 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 624 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 625 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 626 return false; 627 628 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 629 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 630 return false; 631 632 } else { 633 return false; 634 } 635 636 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 637 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 638 return false; 639 640 return true; 641} 642 643void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 644 if (!D) 645 return; 646 647 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 648 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 649 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 650 return; // First should already be in the vector. 651 } 652 653 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 654 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 655 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 656 return; // First should already be in the vector. 657 } 658 659 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 660 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 661 } 662 663static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 664 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 665 return false; 666 667 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 668 return false; 669 670 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 671 return true; 672 673 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 674 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 675 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 676 return false; 677 678 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 679 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 680 681 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 682 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 683 684 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 685 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 686 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 687 return false; 688 } 689 690 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 691 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 692 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 693 return false; 694 695 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 696 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 697 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 698 return false; 699 700 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 701 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 702 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 703 // has no side effects. 704 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 705 return false; 706 } 707 } 708 709 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 710 } 711 712 return true; 713} 714 715/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 716/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 717void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 718 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 719 return; 720 721 unsigned DiagID; 722 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 723 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 724 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 725 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 726 else 727 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 728 729 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 730} 731 732static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 733 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 734 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 735 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 736 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 737 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 738} 739 740void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 741 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 742 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 743 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 744 745 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 746 I != E; ++I) { 747 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 748 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 749 750 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 751 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 752 753 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 754 755 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 756 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 757 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 758 759 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 760 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 761 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 762 763 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 764 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 765 } 766} 767 768/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 769/// 770/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 771/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 772/// to the fixed name. 773/// 774/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 775/// 776/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 777/// if there is no class with the given name. 778/// 779/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 780/// class could not be found. 781ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 782 SourceLocation IdLoc, 783 bool TypoCorrection) { 784 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 785 // creation from this context. 786 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 787 788 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 789 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 790 // find an Objective-C class name. 791 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 792 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 793 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 794 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 795 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 796 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 797 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 798 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 799 800 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 801 } 802 } 803 804 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 805} 806 807/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 808/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 809/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 810/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 811/// ill-formed in C++: 812/// @code 813/// struct S6 { 814/// enum { BAR } e; 815/// }; 816/// 817/// void test_S6() { 818/// struct S6 a; 819/// a.e = BAR; 820/// } 821/// @endcode 822/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 823/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 824/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 825/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 826/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 827/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 828/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 829/// contain non-field names. 830Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 831 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 832 (S->getEntity() && 833 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 834 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 835 S = S->getParent(); 836 return S; 837} 838 839/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 840/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 841/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 842/// built-in. 843NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 844 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 845 SourceLocation Loc) { 846 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 847 848 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 849 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 850 switch (Error) { 851 case ASTContext::GE_None: 852 // Okay 853 break; 854 855 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 856 if (ForRedeclaration) 857 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 858 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 859 return 0; 860 861 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 862 if (ForRedeclaration) 863 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 864 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 865 return 0; 866 } 867 868 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 869 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 870 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 871 << R; 872 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 873 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 874 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 875 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 876 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 877 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 878 } 879 880 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 881 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 882 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 883 SC_Extern, 884 SC_None, false, 885 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 886 New->setImplicit(); 887 888 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 889 // FunctionDecl. 890 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 891 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 892 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 893 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 894 SourceLocation(), 0, 895 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 896 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 897 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 898 } 899 900 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 901 902 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 903 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 904 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 905 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 906 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 907 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 908 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 909 CurContext = SavedContext; 910 return New; 911} 912 913/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 914/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 915/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 916/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 917/// 918void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 919 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 920 // merging checks. 921 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 922 923 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 924 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 925 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 926 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 927 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 928 default: break; 929 case 2: 930 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 931 break; 932 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 933 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 934 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 935 return; 936 case 5: 937 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 938 break; 939 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 940 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 941 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 942 return; 943 case 3: 944 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 945 break; 946 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 947 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 948 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 949 return; 950 case 8: 951 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 952 break; 953 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 954 return; 955 } 956 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 957 } 958 959 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 960 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 961 if (!Old) { 962 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 963 << New->getDeclName(); 964 965 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 966 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 967 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 968 969 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 970 } 971 972 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 973 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 974 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 975 976 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 977 QualType OldType; 978 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 979 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 980 else 981 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 982 983 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 984 // with any extensions enabled. 985 986 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 987 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 988 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 989 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 990 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 991 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 992 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 993 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 994 } 995 996 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 997 // declaration was a typedef. 998 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 999 // spellings don't match exactly. 1000 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 1001 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 1002 1003 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1004 return; 1005 1006 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1007 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1008 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1009 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1010 // to the type to which it already refers. 1011 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1012 return; 1013 1014 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1015 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1016 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1017 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1018 // 1019 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1020 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1021 // 1022 // struct S { 1023 // typedef struct A { } A; 1024 // }; 1025 // 1026 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1027 // allow the above but disallow 1028 // 1029 // struct S { 1030 // typedef int I; 1031 // typedef int I; 1032 // }; 1033 // 1034 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1035 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 1036 return; 1037 1038 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1039 << New->getDeclName(); 1040 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1041 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1042 } 1043 1044 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1045 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1046 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1047 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1048 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1049 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1050 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1051 return; 1052 1053 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1054 << New->getDeclName(); 1055 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1056 return; 1057} 1058 1059/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1060/// attribute. 1061static bool 1062DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1063 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1064 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1065 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1066 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1067 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1068 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1069 return true; 1070 } 1071 1072 return false; 1073} 1074 1075/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1076static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1077 ASTContext &C) { 1078 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1079 return; 1080 1081 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1082 1083 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1084 // we process them. 1085 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1086 1087 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1088 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1089 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1090 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1091 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1092 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1093 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1094 foundAny = true; 1095 } 1096 } 1097 1098 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1099} 1100 1101/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1102/// to the new one. 1103static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1104 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1105 ASTContext &C) { 1106 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1107 return; 1108 1109 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1110 1111 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1112 // done before we process them. 1113 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1114 1115 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1116 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1117 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1118 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1119 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1120 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1121 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1122 foundAny = true; 1123 } 1124 } 1125 1126 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1127} 1128 1129namespace { 1130 1131/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1132/// C. 1133struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1134 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1135 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1136 QualType PromotedType; 1137}; 1138 1139} 1140 1141/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1142Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1143 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1144 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1145 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1146 1147 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1148 } 1149 1150 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1151 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1152 1153 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1154 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1155 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1156} 1157 1158/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1159/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1160/// GNU89 mode. 1161static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1162 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1163 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1164 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1165 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1166} 1167 1168/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1169/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1170/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1171/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1172/// 1173/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1174/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1175/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1176/// merged with. 1177/// 1178/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1179bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1180 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1181 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1182 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1183 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1184 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1185 else 1186 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1187 if (!Old) { 1188 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1189 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1190 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1191 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1192 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1193 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1194 return true; 1195 } 1196 1197 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1198 << New->getDeclName(); 1199 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1200 return true; 1201 } 1202 1203 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1204 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1205 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1206 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1207 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1208 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1209 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1210 else 1211 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1212 1213 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1214 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1215 1216 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1217 // is an extern inline function. 1218 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1219 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1220 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1221 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1223 << New; 1224 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1225 return true; 1226 } 1227 1228 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1229 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1230 // calling convention of the first. 1231 // 1232 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1233 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1234 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1235 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1236 // because it is the default calling convention. 1237 // 1238 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1239 // other tests to run. 1240 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1241 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1242 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1243 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1244 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1245 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1246 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1247 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1248 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1249 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1250 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1251 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1252 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1253 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1254 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1255 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1256 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1257 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1258 return true; 1259 } 1260 1261 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1262 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1263 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1264 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1265 } 1266 1267 // Merge regparm attribute. 1268 if (OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1269 if (NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1270 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1271 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1272 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1273 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1274 return true; 1275 } 1276 1277 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1278 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1279 } 1280 1281 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1282 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1283 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1284 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1285 } 1286 1287 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1288 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1289 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1290 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1291 // cannot be overloaded. 1292 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1293 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1294 QualType ResQT; 1295 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1296 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1297 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1298 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1299 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1300 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1301 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1302 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1303 else 1304 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1305 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1306 return true; 1307 } 1308 else 1309 NewQType = ResQT; 1310 } 1311 1312 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1313 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1314 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1315 // Preserve triviality. 1316 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1317 1318 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1319 1320 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1321 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1322 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1323 // is a static member function declaration. 1324 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1325 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1326 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1327 return true; 1328 } 1329 1330 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1331 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1332 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1333 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1334 unsigned NewDiag; 1335 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1336 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1337 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1338 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1339 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1340 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1341 else 1342 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1343 1344 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1345 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1346 1347 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1348 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1349 // 1350 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1351 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1352 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1353 if (isFriend) { 1354 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1355 } else { 1356 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1357 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1358 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1359 return true; 1360 } 1361 } 1362 } 1363 1364 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1365 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1366 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1367 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1368 1369 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1370 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1371 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1372 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1373 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1374 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1375 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1376 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1377 } 1378 1379 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1380 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1381 1382 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1383 } 1384 1385 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1386 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1387 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1388 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1389 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1390 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1391 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1392 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1393 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1394 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1395 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1396 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1397 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1398 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1399 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1400 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1401 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1402 New->setType(NewQType); 1403 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1404 1405 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1406 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1407 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1408 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1409 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1410 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1411 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1412 SourceLocation(), 1413 SourceLocation(), 0, 1414 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1415 SC_None, SC_None, 1416 0); 1417 Param->setImplicit(); 1418 Params.push_back(Param); 1419 } 1420 1421 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1422 } 1423 1424 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1425 } 1426 1427 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1428 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1429 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1430 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1431 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1432 // the prototype. 1433 // 1434 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1435 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1436 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1437 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1438 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1439 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1440 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1441 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1442 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1443 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1444 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1445 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1446 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1447 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1448 1449 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1450 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1451 NewProto->getResultType()); 1452 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1453 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1454 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1455 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1456 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1457 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1458 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1459 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1460 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1461 NewParm->getType(), 1462 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1463 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1464 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1465 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1466 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1467 } else 1468 LooseCompatible = false; 1469 } 1470 1471 if (LooseCompatible) { 1472 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1473 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1474 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1475 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1476 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1477 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1478 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1479 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1480 } 1481 1482 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1483 ArgTypes.size(), 1484 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1485 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1486 } 1487 1488 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1489 } 1490 1491 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1492 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1493 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1494 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1495 // signature. 1496 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1497 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1498 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1499 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1500 // library built-in. 1501 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1502 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1503 << Old << Old->getType(); 1504 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1505 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1506 return false; 1507 } 1508 1509 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1510 } 1511 1512 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1513 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1514 return true; 1515} 1516 1517/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1518/// known to be compatible. 1519/// 1520/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1521/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1522/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1523/// redeclaration of Old. 1524/// 1525/// \returns false 1526bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1527 // Merge the attributes 1528 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1529 1530 // Merge the storage class. 1531 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1532 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1533 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1534 1535 // Merge "pure" flag. 1536 if (Old->isPure()) 1537 New->setPure(); 1538 1539 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1540 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1541 New->setDeleted(); 1542 1543 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1544 // declarations. 1545 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1546 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1547 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1548 Context); 1549 1550 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1551 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1552 1553 return false; 1554} 1555 1556void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1557 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1558 // Merge the attributes. 1559 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1560 1561 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1562 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1563 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1564 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1565 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1566} 1567 1568/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1569/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1570/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1571/// 1572/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1573/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1574/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1575/// 1576void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1577 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1578 return; 1579 1580 QualType MergedT; 1581 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1582 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1583 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1584 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1585 return; 1586 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1587 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1588 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1589 } 1590 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1591 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1592 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1593 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1594 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1595 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1596 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1597 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1598 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1599 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1600 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1601 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1602 MergedT = New->getType(); 1603 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1604 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1605 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1606 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1607 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1608 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1609 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1610 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1611 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1612 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1613 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1614 Old->getType()); 1615 } 1616 } else { 1617 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1618 } 1619 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1620 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1621 << New->getDeclName(); 1622 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1623 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1624 } 1625 New->setType(MergedT); 1626} 1627 1628/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1629/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1630/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1631/// 1632/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1633/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1634/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1635/// 1636void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1637 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1638 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1639 return; 1640 1641 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1642 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1643 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1644 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1645 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1646 << New->getDeclName(); 1647 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1648 diag::note_previous_definition); 1649 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1650 } 1651 1652 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1653 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1654 // 1655 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1656 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1657 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1658 << New->getIdentifier(); 1659 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1660 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1661 } 1662 1663 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1664 1665 // Merge the types. 1666 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 1667 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1668 return; 1669 1670 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1671 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1672 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1674 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1675 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1676 } 1677 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1678 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1679 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1680 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1681 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1682 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1683 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1684 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1685 // identifier has external linkage. 1686 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1687 /* Okay */; 1688 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1689 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1690 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1691 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1692 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1693 } 1694 1695 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 1696 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1697 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1698 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1699 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1700 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1701 } 1702 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 1703 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 1704 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 1705 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1706 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1707 } 1708 1709 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1710 1711 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1712 // need to check for mismatches. 1713 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1714 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1715 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1716 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1717 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1718 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1719 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1720 } 1721 1722 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1723 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1724 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1725 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1726 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1727 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1728 } 1729 1730 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1731 const VarDecl *Def; 1732 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1733 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1734 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1735 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1736 << New->getDeclName(); 1737 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1738 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1739 return; 1740 } 1741 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1742 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1743 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1744 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1745 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1746 // specified at the prior declaration. 1747 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1748 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1749 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1750 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1751 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1752 1753 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1754 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1755 1756 // Inherit access appropriately. 1757 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1758} 1759 1760/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1761/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1762Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1763 DeclSpec &DS) { 1764 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1765 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1766 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1767 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1768 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1769 Decl *TagD = 0; 1770 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1771 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1772 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1773 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1774 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1775 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1776 1777 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1778 return 0; 1779 1780 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1781 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1782 // it's a Type. 1783 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1784 } 1785 1786 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1787 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1788 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1789 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1790 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1791 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1792 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1793 } 1794 1795 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1796 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1797 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1798 if (TagD && !Tag) 1799 return 0; 1800 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1801 } 1802 1803 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1804 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 1805 1806 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1807 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1808 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1809 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1810 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1811 1812 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1813 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1814 } 1815 } 1816 1817 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1818 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1819 CurContext->isRecord() && 1820 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1821 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1822 // struct STRUCT; 1823 // and 1824 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1825 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1826 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1827 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1828 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1829 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1830 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1831 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1832 } 1833 } 1834 1835 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1836 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1837 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1838 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1839 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1840 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1841 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1842 1843 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1844 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1845 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1846 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1847 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1848 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1849 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1850 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1851 return Tag; 1852 } 1853 1854 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1855 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1856 } 1857 1858 return TagD; 1859} 1860 1861/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1862/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1863StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1864 StmtResult R; 1865 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1866 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1867 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1868 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1869 do 1870 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1871 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1872 } 1873 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1874 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1875 } 1876 } 1877 return R; 1878} 1879 1880/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1881/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1882/// 1883/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1884static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1885 Scope *S, 1886 DeclContext *Owner, 1887 DeclarationName Name, 1888 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1889 unsigned diagnostic) { 1890 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1891 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1892 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1893 1894 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1895 return false; 1896 1897 // Pick a representative declaration. 1898 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1899 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1900 1901 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1902 return false; 1903 1904 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1905 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1906 1907 return true; 1908} 1909 1910/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1911/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1912/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1913/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1914/// struct, e.g., 1915/// 1916/// @code 1917/// union { 1918/// int i; 1919/// float f; 1920/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1921/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1922/// @endcode 1923/// 1924/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1925/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1926static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1927 DeclContext *Owner, 1928 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1929 AccessSpecifier AS, 1930 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 1931 bool MSAnonStruct) { 1932 unsigned diagKind 1933 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1934 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1935 1936 bool Invalid = false; 1937 1938 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 1939 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 1940 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 1941 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1942 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 1943 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 1944 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 1945 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 1946 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1947 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1948 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1949 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1950 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1951 Invalid = true; 1952 } else { 1953 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1954 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1955 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1956 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1957 // anonymous union is declared. 1958 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 1959 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 1960 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 1961 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 1962 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 1963 else 1964 Chaining.push_back(VD); 1965 1966 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 1967 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 1968 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 1969 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 1970 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 1971 1972 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 1973 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 1974 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 1975 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 1976 1977 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1978 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 1979 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 1980 1981 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1982 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1983 1984 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 1985 } 1986 } 1987 } 1988 1989 return Invalid; 1990} 1991 1992/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1993/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1994/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1995static StorageClass 1996StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1997 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1998 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1999 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2000 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2001 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2002 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2003 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2004 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2005 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2006 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2007 } 2008 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2009} 2010 2011/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2012/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2013/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2014static StorageClass 2015StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2016 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2017 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2018 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2019 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2020 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2021 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2022 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2023 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2024 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2025 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2026 } 2027 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2028} 2029 2030/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2031/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2032/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2033/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2034Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2035 AccessSpecifier AS, 2036 RecordDecl *Record) { 2037 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2038 2039 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2040 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2041 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2042 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2043 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2044 2045 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2046 // structs/unions. 2047 bool Invalid = false; 2048 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2049 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2050 unsigned DiagID; 2051 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2052 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2053 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2054 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2055 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2056 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2057 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2058 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2059 Invalid = true; 2060 2061 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2062 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2063 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2064 } 2065 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2066 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2067 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2068 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2069 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2070 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2071 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2072 Invalid = true; 2073 2074 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2075 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2076 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2077 } 2078 2079 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2080 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2081 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2082 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2083 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2084 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2085 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2086 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2087 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2088 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2089 // members (clause 11). 2090 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2091 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2092 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2093 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2094 Invalid = true; 2095 } 2096 2097 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2098 Invalid = true; 2099 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2100 // Any implicit members are fine. 2101 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2102 // This is a type that showed up in an 2103 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2104 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2105 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2106 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2107 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2108 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2109 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2110 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2111 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2112 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2113 else { 2114 // This is a nested type declaration. 2115 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2116 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2117 Invalid = true; 2118 } 2119 } 2120 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2121 // Any access specifier is fine. 2122 } else { 2123 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2124 // member. Complain about it. 2125 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2126 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2127 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2128 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2129 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2130 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2131 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2132 2133 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2134 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2135 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2136 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2137 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2138 else { 2139 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2140 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2141 Invalid = true; 2142 } 2143 } 2144 } 2145 } 2146 2147 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2148 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2149 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2150 Invalid = true; 2151 } 2152 2153 // Mock up a declarator. 2154 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2155 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2156 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2157 2158 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2159 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2160 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2161 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2162 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2163 Record->getLocation(), 2164 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2165 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2166 TInfo, 2167 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2168 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2169 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2170 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2171 } else { 2172 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2173 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2174 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2175 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2176 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2177 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2178 // an error here 2179 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2180 Invalid = true; 2181 SC = SC_None; 2182 } 2183 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2184 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2185 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2186 2187 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2188 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2189 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2190 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2191 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2192 } 2193 Anon->setImplicit(); 2194 2195 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2196 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2197 // its members. 2198 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2199 2200 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2201 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2202 // purposes. 2203 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2204 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2205 2206 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2207 Chain, false)) 2208 Invalid = true; 2209 2210 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2211 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2212 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2213 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2214 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2215 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2216 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2217 2218 if (Invalid) 2219 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2220 2221 return Anon; 2222} 2223 2224/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2225/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2226/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2227/// Example: 2228/// 2229/// struct A { int a; }; 2230/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2231/// 2232/// void foo() { 2233/// B var; 2234/// var.a = 3; 2235/// } 2236/// 2237Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2238 RecordDecl *Record) { 2239 2240 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2241 if (!Record) 2242 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2243 2244 // Mock up a declarator. 2245 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2246 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2247 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2248 2249 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2250 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2251 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2252 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2253 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2254 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2255 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2256 TInfo, 2257 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2258 Anon->setImplicit(); 2259 2260 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2261 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2262 2263 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2264 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2265 // purposes. 2266 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2267 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2268 2269 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2270 Record->getDefinition(), 2271 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2272 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2273 2274 return Anon; 2275} 2276 2277/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2278/// given Declarator. 2279DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2280 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2281} 2282 2283/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2284DeclarationNameInfo 2285Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2286 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2287 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2288 2289 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2290 2291 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2292 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2293 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2294 return NameInfo; 2295 2296 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2297 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2298 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2299 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2300 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2301 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2302 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2303 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2304 return NameInfo; 2305 2306 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2307 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2308 Name.Identifier)); 2309 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2310 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2311 return NameInfo; 2312 2313 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2314 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2315 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2316 if (Ty.isNull()) 2317 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2318 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2319 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2320 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2321 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2322 return NameInfo; 2323 } 2324 2325 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2326 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2327 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2328 if (Ty.isNull()) 2329 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2330 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2331 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2332 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2333 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2334 return NameInfo; 2335 } 2336 2337 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2338 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2339 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2340 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2341 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2342 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2343 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2344 2345 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2346 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2347 2348 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2349 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2350 // was qualified. 2351 2352 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2353 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2354 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2355 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2356 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2357 return NameInfo; 2358 } 2359 2360 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2361 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2362 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2363 if (Ty.isNull()) 2364 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2365 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2366 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2367 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2368 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2369 return NameInfo; 2370 } 2371 2372 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2373 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2374 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2375 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2376 } 2377 2378 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2379 2380 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2381 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2382} 2383 2384/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2385/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2386/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2387/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2388/// the class or namespace. 2389static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2390 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2391 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2392 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2393 return false; 2394 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2395 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2396 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2397 2398 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2399 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2400 return false; 2401 } 2402 2403 return true; 2404} 2405 2406/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2407/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2408/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2409/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2410/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2411static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2412 DeclarationName Name) { 2413 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2414 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2415 // - types which will become injected class names 2416 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2417 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2418 // few cases here. 2419 2420 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2421 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2422 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2423 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2424 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2425 // Grab the type from the parser. 2426 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2427 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2428 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2429 2430 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2431 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2432 // attached already. 2433 if (!TSI) 2434 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2435 2436 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2437 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2438 if (!TSI) return true; 2439 2440 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2441 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2442 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2443 break; 2444 } 2445 2446 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2447 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2448 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2449 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2450 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2451 break; 2452 } 2453 2454 default: 2455 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2456 break; 2457 } 2458 2459 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2460 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2461 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2462 2463 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2464 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2465 // pointer. 2466 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2467 continue; 2468 2469 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2470 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2471 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2472 return true; 2473 } 2474 2475 return false; 2476} 2477 2478Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2479 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2480} 2481 2482Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2483 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2484 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2485 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2486 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2487 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2488 2489 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2490 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2491 if (!Name) { 2492 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2493 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2494 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2495 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2496 return 0; 2497 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2498 return 0; 2499 2500 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2501 // we find one that is. 2502 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2503 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2504 S = S->getParent(); 2505 2506 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2507 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2508 D.setInvalidType(); 2509 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2510 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2511 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2512 return 0; 2513 2514 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2515 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2516 if (!DC) { 2517 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2518 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2519 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2520 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2521 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2522 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2523 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2524 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2525 return 0; 2526 } 2527 2528 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2529 2530 if (!IsDependentContext && 2531 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2532 return 0; 2533 2534 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2535 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2536 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2537 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2538 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2539 D.setInvalidType(); 2540 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2541 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2542 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2543 // definition: 2544 // 2545 // class X { 2546 // void X::f(); 2547 // }; 2548 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2549 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2550 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2551 else 2552 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2553 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2554 2555 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2556 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2557 } 2558 } 2559 2560 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2561 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2562 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2563 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2564 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2565 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2566 D.setInvalidType(); 2567 } 2568 } 2569 2570 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2571 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2572 // name different from T: 2573 // - every static data member of class T; 2574 // - every member function of class T 2575 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2576 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2577 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2578 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2579 << Name; 2580 2581 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2582 // Just return early; it's safer. 2583 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2584 return 0; 2585 } 2586 2587 NamedDecl *New; 2588 2589 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2590 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2591 2592 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2593 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2594 D.setInvalidType(); 2595 2596 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2597 ForRedeclaration); 2598 2599 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2600 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2601 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2602 2603 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2604 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2605 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2606 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2607 /* Do nothing*/; 2608 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2609 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2610 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2611 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2612 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2613 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2614 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2615 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2616 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2617 2618 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2619 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2620 2621 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2622 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2623 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2624 2625 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2626 // out-of-line members. 2627 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2628 2629 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2630 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2631 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2632 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2633 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2634 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2635 // declarations namespace. 2636 // 2637 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2638 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2639 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2640 // 2641 // class X { 2642 // void f(); 2643 // void f(float); 2644 // }; 2645 // 2646 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2647 // 2648 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2649 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2650 // matches. 2651 2652 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2653 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2654 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2655 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2656 } else { 2657 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2658 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2659 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2660 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2661 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2662 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2663 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2664 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2665 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2666 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2667 else 2668 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2669 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2670 D.setInvalidType(); 2671 } 2672 } 2673 } 2674 2675 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2676 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2677 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2678 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2679 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2680 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2681 D.setInvalidType(); 2682 2683 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2684 Previous.clear(); 2685 } 2686 2687 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2688 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2689 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2690 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2691 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2692 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2693 Previous.clear(); 2694 2695 bool Redeclaration = false; 2696 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2697 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2698 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2699 return 0; 2700 } 2701 2702 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2703 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2704 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2705 move(TemplateParamLists), 2706 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2707 } else { 2708 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2709 move(TemplateParamLists), 2710 Redeclaration); 2711 } 2712 2713 if (New == 0) 2714 return 0; 2715 2716 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2717 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2718 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2719 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2720 2721 return New; 2722} 2723 2724/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2725/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2726/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2727static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2728 ASTContext &Context, 2729 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2730 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2731 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2732 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2733 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2734 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2735 SizeIsNegative = false; 2736 Oversized = 0; 2737 2738 if (T->isDependentType()) 2739 return QualType(); 2740 2741 QualifierCollector Qs; 2742 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2743 2744 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2745 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2746 QualType FixedType = 2747 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2748 Oversized); 2749 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2750 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2751 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2752 } 2753 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2754 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2755 QualType FixedType = 2756 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2757 Oversized); 2758 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2759 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2760 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2761 } 2762 2763 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2764 if (!VLATy) 2765 return QualType(); 2766 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2767 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2768 return QualType(); 2769 2770 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2771 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2772 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2773 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2774 return QualType(); 2775 2776 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2777 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2778 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2779 SizeIsNegative = true; 2780 return QualType(); 2781 } 2782 2783 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2784 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2785 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2786 Res); 2787 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2788 Oversized = Res; 2789 return QualType(); 2790 } 2791 2792 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2793 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2794} 2795 2796/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2797/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2798void 2799Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2800 const LookupResult &Previous, 2801 Scope *S) { 2802 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2803 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2804 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2805 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2806 2807 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2808 return; 2809 2810 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2811 2812 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2813 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2814 // declaration. 2815 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2816 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2817 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2818 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2819 S = S->getParent(); 2820 2821 if (S) 2822 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2823 } 2824} 2825 2826/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2827/// does not identify a function. 2828void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2829 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2830 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2831 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2832 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2833 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2834 2835 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2836 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2837 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2838 2839 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2840 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2841 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2842} 2843 2844NamedDecl* 2845Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2846 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2847 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2848 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2849 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2850 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2851 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2852 D.setInvalidType(); 2853 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2854 DC = CurContext; 2855 Previous.clear(); 2856 } 2857 2858 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2859 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2860 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2861 } 2862 2863 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2864 2865 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2866 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2867 2868 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2869 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2870 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2871 return 0; 2872 } 2873 2874 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2875 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2876 2877 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2878 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2879 2880 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2881 // then it shall have block scope. 2882 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2883 // that redeclarations will match. 2884 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2885 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2886 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2887 2888 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2889 bool SizeIsNegative; 2890 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2891 QualType FixedTy = 2892 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2893 Oversized); 2894 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2895 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2896 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2897 } else { 2898 if (SizeIsNegative) 2899 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2900 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2901 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2902 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2903 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2904 << Oversized.toString(10); 2905 else 2906 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2907 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2908 } 2909 } 2910 } 2911 2912 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2913 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2914 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 2915 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 2916 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2917 Redeclaration = true; 2918 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2919 } 2920 2921 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2922 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2923 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2924 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2925 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2926 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2927 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2928 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2929 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2930 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2931 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2932 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2933 } 2934 2935 return NewTD; 2936} 2937 2938/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2939/// previous declaration. 2940/// 2941/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2942/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2943/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2944/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2945/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2946/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2947/// 2948/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2949/// lookup 2950/// 2951/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2952/// declared. 2953/// 2954/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2955/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2956static bool 2957isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2958 ASTContext &Context) { 2959 if (!PrevDecl) 2960 return false; 2961 2962 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2963 return false; 2964 2965 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2966 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2967 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2968 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2969 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2970 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2971 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2972 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2973 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2974 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2975 return false; 2976 2977 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2978 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2979 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2980 return false; 2981 2982 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2983 // previous declarations. 2984 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2985 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2986 2987 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2988 // isn't the same function. 2989 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2990 return false; 2991 } 2992 2993 return true; 2994} 2995 2996static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2997 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2998 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2999 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3000} 3001 3002NamedDecl* 3003Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3004 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3005 LookupResult &Previous, 3006 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3007 bool &Redeclaration) { 3008 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3009 3010 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3011 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3012 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3013 3014 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3015 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3016 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3017 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3018 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3019 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3020 // an error here 3021 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3022 D.setInvalidType(); 3023 SC = SC_None; 3024 } 3025 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3026 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3027 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3028 3029 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3030 if (!II) { 3031 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3032 << Name.getAsString(); 3033 return 0; 3034 } 3035 3036 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3037 3038 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3039 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3040 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3041 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3042 3043 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3044 // is a GNU extension. 3045 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3046 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3047 else 3048 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3049 D.setInvalidType(); 3050 } 3051 } 3052 3053 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3054 VarDecl *NewVD; 3055 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3056 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3057 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3058 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3059 3060 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3061 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3062 } else { 3063 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3064 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3065 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3066 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3067 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3068 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3069 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3070 SC = SC_Static; 3071 } 3072 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3073 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3074 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3075 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3076 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3077 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3078 3079 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3080 // the program is ill-formed. 3081 // 3082 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3083 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3084 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3085 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3086 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3087 } 3088 } 3089 3090 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3091 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3092 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3093 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3094 bool Invalid = false; 3095 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3096 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3097 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3098 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3099 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3100 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3101 /*never a friend*/ false, 3102 isExplicitSpecialization, 3103 Invalid)) { 3104 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3105 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3106 3107 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3108 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3109 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3110 << II 3111 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3112 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3113 return 0; 3114 } else { 3115 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3116 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3117 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3118 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3119 << II 3120 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3121 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3122 3123 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 3124 } 3125 } 3126 3127 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3128 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3129 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3130 3131 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3132 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3133 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3134 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3135 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3136 3137 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3138 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3139 3140 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3141 3142 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3143 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3144 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3145 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3146 } 3147 } 3148 3149 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3150 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3151 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3152 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3153 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3154 else 3155 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3156 } 3157 3158 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3159 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3160 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3161 3162 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3163 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3164 3165 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3166 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3167 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3168 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3169 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3170 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3171 switch (SC) { 3172 case SC_None: 3173 case SC_Auto: 3174 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3175 break; 3176 case SC_Register: 3177 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3178 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3179 break; 3180 case SC_Static: 3181 case SC_Extern: 3182 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3183 break; 3184 } 3185 } 3186 3187 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3188 Context, Label)); 3189 } 3190 3191 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3192 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3193 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3194 3195 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3196 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3197 // declaration has linkage). 3198 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3199 isExplicitSpecialization); 3200 3201 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3202 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3203 else { 3204 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3205 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3206 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3207 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3208 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3209 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3210 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3211 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3212 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3213 Previous.clear(); 3214 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3215 } 3216 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3217 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3218 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3219 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3220 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3221 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3222 } 3223 3224 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3225 3226 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3227 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3228 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3229 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3230 } 3231 3232 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3233 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3234 // here. 3235 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3236 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3237 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3238 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3239 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3240 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3241 } 3242 } 3243 3244 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3245 // such variables. 3246 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3247 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3248 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3249 3250 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3251 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3252 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3253 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3254 3255 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3256 3257 return NewVD; 3258} 3259 3260/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3261/// -Wshadow. 3262/// 3263/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3264/// scope. 3265/// 3266/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3267/// \param R the lookup of the name 3268/// 3269void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3270 // Return if warning is ignored. 3271 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3272 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3273 return; 3274 3275 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3276 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3277 if (NewDC->isFileContext()) 3278 return; 3279 3280 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3281 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3282 return; 3283 3284 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3285 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3286 return; 3287 3288 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3289 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3290 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3291 if (MD->isStatic()) 3292 return; 3293 3294 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3295 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3296 // Don't warn for this case: 3297 // 3298 // @code 3299 // extern int bob; 3300 // void f() { 3301 // extern int bob; 3302 // } 3303 // @endcode 3304 if (D->isExternC()) 3305 return; 3306 3307 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3308 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3309 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3310 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3311 I != E; ++I) 3312 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3313 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3314 break; 3315 } 3316 } 3317 3318 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3319 3320 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3321 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3322 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3323 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3324 return; 3325 3326 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3327 // static data members from base classes? 3328 3329 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3330 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3331 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3332 } 3333 3334 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3335 unsigned Kind; 3336 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3337 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3338 Kind = 3; // field 3339 else 3340 Kind = 2; // static data member 3341 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3342 Kind = 1; // global 3343 else 3344 Kind = 0; // local 3345 3346 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3347 3348 // Emit warning and note. 3349 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3350 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3351} 3352 3353/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3354void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3355 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3356 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3357 return; 3358 3359 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3360 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3361 LookupName(R, S); 3362 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3363} 3364 3365/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3366/// declaration. 3367/// 3368/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3369/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3370/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3371/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3372/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3373/// 3374/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3375void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3376 LookupResult &Previous, 3377 bool &Redeclaration) { 3378 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3379 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3380 return; 3381 3382 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3383 3384 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3385 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3386 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3387 } 3388 3389 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3390 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3391 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3392 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3393 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3394 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3395 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3396 } 3397 3398 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3399 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3400 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3401 3402 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3403 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3404 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3405 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3406 3407 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3408 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3409 bool SizeIsNegative; 3410 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3411 QualType FixedTy = 3412 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3413 Oversized); 3414 3415 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3416 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3417 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3418 // int a[10][n]; 3419 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3420 3421 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3422 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3423 << SizeRange; 3424 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3425 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3426 << SizeRange; 3427 else 3428 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3429 << SizeRange; 3430 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3431 } 3432 3433 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3434 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3435 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3436 else 3437 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3438 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3439 } 3440 3441 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3442 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3443 } 3444 3445 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3446 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3447 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3448 // declaration with the same name. 3449 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3450 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3451 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3452 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3453 } 3454 3455 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3456 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3457 << T; 3458 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3459 } 3460 3461 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3462 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3463 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3464 } 3465 3466 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3467 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3468 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3469 } 3470 3471 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3472 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3473 QualType Pointee; 3474 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3475 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3476 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3477 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3478 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3479 PtrOrRef = 1; 3480 } 3481 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3482 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3483 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3484 << PtrOrRef; 3485 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3486 } 3487 3488 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3489 Redeclaration = true; 3490 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3491 } 3492} 3493 3494/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3495struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3496 Sema *S; 3497 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3498}; 3499 3500/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3501/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3502/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3503static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3504 CXXBasePath &Path, 3505 void *UserData) { 3506 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3507 3508 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3509 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3510 3511 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3512 3513 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3514 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3515 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3516 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3517 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3518 3519 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3520 } 3521 3522 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3523 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3524 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3525 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3526 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3527 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3528 return true; 3529 } 3530 } 3531 3532 return false; 3533} 3534 3535/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3536/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3537bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3538 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3539 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3540 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3541 Data.Method = MD; 3542 Data.S = this; 3543 bool AddedAny = false; 3544 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3545 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3546 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3547 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3548 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3549 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3550 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 3551 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3552 AddedAny = true; 3553 } 3554 } 3555 } 3556 } 3557 3558 return AddedAny; 3559} 3560 3561static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3562 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3563 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3564 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3565 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3566 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3567 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3568 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3569 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3570 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3571 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3572 } 3573} 3574 3575NamedDecl* 3576Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3577 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3578 LookupResult &Previous, 3579 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3580 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3581 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3582 3583 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3584 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3585 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3586 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3587 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3588 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3589 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3590 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3591 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3592 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3593 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3594 D.setInvalidType(); 3595 break; 3596 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3597 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3598 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3599 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3600 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3601 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3602 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3603 // other than extern 3604 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3605 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3606 diag::err_static_block_func); 3607 SC = SC_None; 3608 } else 3609 SC = SC_Static; 3610 break; 3611 } 3612 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3613 } 3614 3615 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3616 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3617 3618 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3619 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3620 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3621 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3622 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3623 D.setInvalidType(); 3624 } 3625 3626 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3627 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3628 bool isFriend = false; 3629 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3630 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3631 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3632 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3633 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3634 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3635 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = 0; 3636 3637 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3638 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3639 // prototype. This true when: 3640 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3641 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3642 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3643 bool HasPrototype = 3644 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3645 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3646 3647 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3648 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3649 HasPrototype); 3650 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3651 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3652 3653 // Set the lexical context. 3654 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3655 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3656 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 3657 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3658 } else { 3659 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3660 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3661 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3662 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3663 3664 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3665 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3666 // the class has been completely parsed. 3667 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3668 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3669 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3670 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3671 AbstractReturnType)) 3672 D.setInvalidType(); 3673 3674 3675 if (isFriend) { 3676 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3677 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3678 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3679 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3680 } 3681 3682 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3683 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3684 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3685 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3686 3687 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3688 3689 // Create the new declaration 3690 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3691 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3692 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3693 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3694 isExplicit, isInline, 3695 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3696 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3697 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3698 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3699 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3700 3701 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3702 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3703 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3704 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3705 isInline, 3706 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3707 isVirtualOkay = true; 3708 } else { 3709 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3710 3711 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3712 // code path. 3713 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3714 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 3715 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3716 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3717 D.setInvalidType(); 3718 } 3719 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3720 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3721 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3722 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3723 return 0; 3724 } 3725 3726 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3727 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3728 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3729 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3730 isInline, isExplicit, 3731 SourceLocation()); 3732 3733 isVirtualOkay = true; 3734 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3735 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3736 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3737 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3738 // constructor if it has no return type). 3739 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3740 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3741 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3742 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3743 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3744 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3745 return 0; 3746 } 3747 3748 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3749 3750 // [class.free]p1: 3751 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3752 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3753 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3754 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3755 isStatic = true; 3756 3757 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3758 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3759 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3760 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3761 isStatic = true; 3762 3763 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3764 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3765 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3766 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3767 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3768 SourceLocation()); 3769 3770 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3771 } else { 3772 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3773 // prototype. This true when: 3774 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3775 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3776 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3777 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3778 } 3779 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3780 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3781 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3782 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3783 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3784 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3785 3786 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3787 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3788 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3789 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3790 3791 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3792 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3793 bool Invalid = false; 3794 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3795 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3796 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3797 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3798 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3799 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3800 isFriend, 3801 isExplicitSpecialization, 3802 Invalid)) { 3803 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3804 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3805 3806 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3807 // This is a function template 3808 3809 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3810 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3811 return 0; 3812 3813 // A destructor cannot be a template. 3814 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3815 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 3816 return 0; 3817 } 3818 3819 3820 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3821 NewFD->getLocation(), 3822 Name, TemplateParams, 3823 NewFD); 3824 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3825 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3826 } else { 3827 // This is a function template specialization. 3828 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3829 3830 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3831 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3832 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3833 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3834 3835 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3836 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3837 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3838 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3839 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3840 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3841 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3842 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3843 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3844 } 3845 3846 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3847 << Name << RemoveRange 3848 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3849 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3850 } 3851 } 3852 } 3853 3854 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3855 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3856 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3857 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3858 } 3859 3860 if (Invalid) { 3861 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3862 if (FunctionTemplate) 3863 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3864 } 3865 3866 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3867 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3868 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3869 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3870 // 3871 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3872 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3873 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3874 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3875 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3876 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3877 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3878 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3879 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3880 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 3881 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 3882 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 3883 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3884 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 3885 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3886 } else { 3887 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3888 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3889 } 3890 } 3891 3892 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3893 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3894 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3895 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3896 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3897 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3898 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3899 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3900 } 3901 } 3902 3903 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3904 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3905 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3906 // and 12.3.2. 3907 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3908 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3909 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3910 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3911 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3912 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3913 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3914 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3915 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3916 // or conversion function. 3917 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3918 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3919 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3920 } 3921 } 3922 3923 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3924 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 3925 isExplicitSpecialization || 3926 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 3927 3928 if (isFriend) { 3929 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3930 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3931 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3932 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3933 } 3934 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3935 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3936 } 3937 3938 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 3939 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 3940 // definition. 3941 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 3942 } 3943 3944 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3945 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3946 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3947 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3948 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3949 // the class. 3950 3951 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3952 // member function definition. 3953 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3954 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3955 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3956 } 3957 } 3958 3959 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3960 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3961 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3962 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3963 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3964 SE->getString())); 3965 } 3966 3967 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3968 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3969 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3970 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 3971 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 3972 3973 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3974 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3975 // single void argument. 3976 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3977 // already checks for that case. 3978 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3979 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3980 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3981 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3982 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3983 3984 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3985 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3986 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3987 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3988 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3989 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3990 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3991 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3992 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3993 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3994 Params.push_back(Param); 3995 3996 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3997 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3998 } 3999 } 4000 4001 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4002 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4003 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4004 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4005 // 4006 // @code 4007 // typedef void fn(int); 4008 // fn f; 4009 // @endcode 4010 4011 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4012 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4013 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4014 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4015 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4016 Params.push_back(Param); 4017 } 4018 } else { 4019 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4020 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4021 } 4022 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4023 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4024 4025 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4026 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4027 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4028 4029 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4030 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4031 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4032 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4033 Redeclaration); 4034 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4035 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4036 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4037 } else { 4038 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4039 // argument list into our AST format. 4040 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4041 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4042 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4043 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4044 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4045 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4046 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4047 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4048 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4049 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4050 TemplateArgs); 4051 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4052 4053 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4054 4055 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4056 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4057 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4058 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4059 4060 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4061 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4062 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4063 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4064 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4065 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4066 // too few of them). 4067 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4068 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4069 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4070 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4071 "template<> "); 4072 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4073 } else { 4074 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4075 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4076 } 4077 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4078 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4079 // wrote something like: 4080 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4081 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4082 // friend void foo<>(int); 4083 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4084 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4085 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4086 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4087 } 4088 4089 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4090 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4091 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4092 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4093 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4094 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4095 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4096 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4097 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4098 Previous)) 4099 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4100 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4101 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4102 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4103 Previous)) 4104 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4105 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4106 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4107 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4108 } 4109 4110 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4111 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4112 Redeclaration); 4113 4114 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4115 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4116 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4117 4118 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4119 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4120 : NewFD); 4121 4122 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4123 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4124 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4125 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4126 4127 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4128 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4129 4130 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4131 } 4132 4133 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4134 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4135 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4136 4137 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4138 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4139 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4140 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4141 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4142 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4143 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4144 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4145 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4146 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4147 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4148 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4149 DC->isDependentContext()) 4150 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4151 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4152 } 4153 4154 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4155 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4156 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4157 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4158 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4159 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4160 4161 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4162 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4163 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4164 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4165 4166 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4167 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4168 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4169 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4170 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4171 // can actually do this check immediately. 4172 if (isFriend && 4173 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 4174 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4175 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4176 // ignore these 4177 } else { 4178 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4179 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4180 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4181 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4182 // 4183 // class X { 4184 // void f() const; 4185 // }; 4186 // 4187 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4188 // 4189 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4190 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4191 // whether the parameter types are references). 4192 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4193 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4194 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4195 4196 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4197 } 4198 4199 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4200 // to something. 4201 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4202 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4203 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4204 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4205 } 4206 4207 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4208 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4209 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4210 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4211 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4212 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4213 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4214 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4215 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4216 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4217 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4218 } 4219 } 4220 4221 4222 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4223 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4224 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4225 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4226 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4227 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4228 4229 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4230 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4231 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4232 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4233 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4234 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4235 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4236 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4237 } 4238 } 4239 4240 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4241 4242 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4243 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4244 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4245 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4246 << NewFD; 4247 4248 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4249 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4250 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4251 EPI.Variadic = true; 4252 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4253 4254 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4255 NewFD->setType(R); 4256 } 4257 4258 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4259 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4260 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4261 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4262 4263 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4264 // map of such names. 4265 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4266 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4267 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4268 4269 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4270 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4271 4272 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4273 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4274 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4275 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4276 return FunctionTemplate; 4277 } 4278 } 4279 4280 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4281 4282 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4283 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4284 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4285 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4286 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4287 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4288 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4289 4290 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4291 } 4292 } 4293 4294 return NewFD; 4295} 4296 4297/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4298/// 4299/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4300/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4301/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4302/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4303/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4304/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4305/// via InstantiateDecl). 4306/// 4307/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4308/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4309/// 4310/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4311void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4312 LookupResult &Previous, 4313 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4314 bool &Redeclaration) { 4315 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4316 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4317 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4318 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4319 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4320 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4321 4322 return; 4323 } 4324 4325 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4326 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4327 // because all functions have linkage. 4328 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4329 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4330 } 4331 4332 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4333 CheckMain(NewFD); 4334 4335 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4336 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4337 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4338 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4339 // declaration with the same name. 4340 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4341 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4342 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4343 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4344 } 4345 4346 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4347 // the same name, if appropriate. 4348 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4349 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4350 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4351 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4352 // function to the scope. 4353 4354 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4355 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4356 Redeclaration = true; 4357 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4358 } else { 4359 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4360 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4361 case Ovl_Match: 4362 Redeclaration = true; 4363 break; 4364 4365 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4366 Redeclaration = true; 4367 break; 4368 4369 case Ovl_Overload: 4370 Redeclaration = false; 4371 break; 4372 } 4373 4374 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4375 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4376 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4377 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4378 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4379 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4380 if (Redeclaration) 4381 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4382 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4383 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4384 if (OverloadedDecl) 4385 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4386 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4387 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4388 Context)); 4389 } 4390 } 4391 4392 if (Redeclaration) { 4393 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4394 // merged. 4395 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4396 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4397 4398 Previous.clear(); 4399 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4400 4401 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4402 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4403 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4404 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4405 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4406 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4407 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4408 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4409 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4410 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4411 } 4412 4413 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4414 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4415 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4416 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4417 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4418 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4419 } 4420 } else { 4421 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4422 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4423 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4424 } 4425 } 4426 } 4427 4428 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4429 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4430 // C++-specific checks. 4431 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4432 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4433 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4434 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4435 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4436 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4437 4438 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4439 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4440 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4441 DeclarationName Name 4442 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4443 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4444 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4445 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4446 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4447 } 4448 } 4449 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4450 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4451 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4452 } 4453 4454 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4455 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4456 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4457 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4458 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4459 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4460 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4461 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4462 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4463 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4464 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4465 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4466 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4467 ++Overridden) { 4468 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4469 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4470 } 4471 } 4472 } 4473 } 4474 } 4475 4476 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4477 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4478 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4479 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4480 4481 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4482 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4483 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4484 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4485 4486 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4487 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4488 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4489 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4490 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4491 4492 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4493 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4494 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4495 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4496 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4497 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4498 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4499 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4500 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4501 } 4502 } 4503 } 4504} 4505 4506void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4507 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4508 // or static is ill-formed. 4509 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4510 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4511 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4512 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4513 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4514 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4515 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4516 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4517 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4518 4519 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4520 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4521 } 4522 4523 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4524 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4525 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4526 4527 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4528 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4529 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4530 } 4531 4532 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4533 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4534 4535 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4536 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4537 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4538 4539 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4540 4541 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4542 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4543 // getting shifty. 4544 if (nparams == 4 && 4545 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4546 HasExtraParameters = false; 4547 4548 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4549 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4550 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4551 nparams = 3; 4552 } 4553 4554 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4555 // if we had some location information about types. 4556 4557 QualType CharPP = 4558 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4559 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4560 4561 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4562 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4563 4564 bool mismatch = true; 4565 4566 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4567 mismatch = false; 4568 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4569 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4570 // char const ** 4571 // char const * const * 4572 // char * const * 4573 4574 QualifierCollector qs; 4575 const PointerType* PT; 4576 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4577 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4578 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4579 qs.removeConst(); 4580 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4581 } 4582 } 4583 4584 if (mismatch) { 4585 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4586 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4587 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4588 } 4589 } 4590 4591 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4592 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4593 } 4594 4595 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4596 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4597 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4598 } 4599} 4600 4601bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4602 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4603 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4604 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4605 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4606 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4607 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4608 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4609 // rules there don't matter.) 4610 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4611 return false; 4612 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4613 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4614 return true; 4615} 4616 4617/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4618/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4619/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4620void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 4621 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 4622 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4623 // the initializer. 4624 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 4625 return; 4626 4627 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4628 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4629 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4630 // Thus this grotesque test. 4631 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4632 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4633 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4634 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4635 else { 4636 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4637 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4638 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4639 } 4640 return; 4641 } 4642 4643 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4644 if (!VDecl) { 4645 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4646 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4647 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4648 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4649 else 4650 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4651 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4652 return; 4653 } 4654 4655 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 4656 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 4657 QualType DeducedType; 4658 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getType(), Init, DeducedType)) { 4659 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 4660 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 4661 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4662 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4663 return; 4664 } 4665 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 4666 4667 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 4668 // the previously declared type. 4669 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 4670 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 4671 } 4672 4673 4674 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4675 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4676 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4677 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4678 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4679 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4680 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4681 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4682 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4683 return; 4684 } 4685 4686 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4687 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4688 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4689 AbstractVariableType)) 4690 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4691 4692 const VarDecl *Def; 4693 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4694 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4695 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4696 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4697 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4698 return; 4699 } 4700 4701 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4702 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4703 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4704 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4705 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4706 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4707 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4708 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4709 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4710 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4711 // 4712 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4713 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4714 // declaration with an initializer. 4715 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4716 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4717 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4718 return; 4719 } 4720 4721 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4722 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4723 4724 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 4725 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4726 return; 4727 } 4728 } 4729 4730 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4731 // initialization. 4732 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4733 4734 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4735 InitializationKind Kind 4736 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4737 Init->getLocStart(), 4738 Init->getLocEnd()) 4739 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4740 Init->getLocStart()); 4741 4742 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4743 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4744 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4745 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4746 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4747 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4748 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4749 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4750 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4751 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4752 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4753 &DclT); 4754 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4755 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4756 return; 4757 } 4758 4759 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4760 4761 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4762 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4763 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4764 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4765 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4766 } 4767 } 4768 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4769 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4770 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4771 // 4772 // struct S { 4773 // static const int value = 17; 4774 // }; 4775 4776 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4777 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4778 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4779 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4780 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4781 &DclT); 4782 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4783 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4784 return; 4785 } 4786 4787 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4788 } 4789 4790 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4791 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4792 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4793 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4794 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4795 4796 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4797 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4798 4799 // Require constness. 4800 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4801 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4802 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4803 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4804 4805 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4806 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4807 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4808 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4809 llvm::APSInt Value; 4810 SourceLocation Loc; 4811 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4812 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4813 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4814 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4815 } 4816 } 4817 4818 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4819 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4820 // implement fully. 4821 } else { 4822 bool Allowed = false; 4823 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4824 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4825 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4826 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4827 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4828 Allowed = true; 4829 } 4830 4831 if (!Allowed) { 4832 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4833 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4834 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4835 4836 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4837 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4838 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4839 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4840 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4841 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4842 } 4843 } 4844 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4845 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4846 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4847 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4848 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4849 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4850 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4851 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4852 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4853 &DclT); 4854 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4855 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4856 return; 4857 } 4858 4859 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4860 } 4861 4862 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4863 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4864 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4865 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4866 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4867 } 4868 } 4869 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4870 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4871 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4872 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4873 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4874 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4875 Init->setType(DclT); 4876 } 4877 4878 4879 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4880 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4881 // global/static definition. 4882 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4883 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4884 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4885 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4886 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4887 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4888 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4889 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4890 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4891 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4892 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4893 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4894 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4895 } 4896 } 4897 } 4898 4899 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4900 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4901 4902 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 4903 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4904 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4905 4906 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 4907} 4908 4909/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4910/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4911/// of sanity. 4912void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4913 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4914 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4915 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4916 4917 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4918 if (!VD) return; 4919 4920 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 4921 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 4922 D->setInvalidDecl(); 4923 return; 4924 } 4925 4926 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4927 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4928 4929 // Require a complete type. 4930 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4931 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4932 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4933 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4934 return; 4935 } 4936 4937 // Require an abstract type. 4938 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4939 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4940 AbstractVariableType)) { 4941 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4942 return; 4943 } 4944 4945 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4946 // though. 4947} 4948 4949void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4950 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 4951 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4952 if (RealDecl == 0) 4953 return; 4954 4955 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4956 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4957 4958 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4959 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 4960 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4961 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4962 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4963 return; 4964 } 4965 4966 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4967 case VarDecl::Definition: 4968 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4969 break; 4970 4971 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4972 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4973 // a declaration. 4974 // 4975 // Fall through 4976 4977 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4978 // It's only a declaration. 4979 4980 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4981 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4982 // object shall be complete. 4983 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4984 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4985 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4986 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4987 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4988 4989 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4990 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4991 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4992 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4993 AbstractVariableType)) 4994 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4995 return; 4996 4997 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4998 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4999 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5000 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5001 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5002 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5003 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5004 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5005 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5006 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5007 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5008 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5009 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5010 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5011 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5012 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5013 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5014 // NOTE: code such as the following 5015 // static struct s; 5016 // struct s { int a; }; 5017 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5018 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5019 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5020 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5021 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5022 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5023 } 5024 } 5025 5026 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5027 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5028 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5029 return; 5030 } 5031 5032 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5033 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5034 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5035 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5036 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5037 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5038 return; 5039 } 5040 5041 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5042 // definitions with reference type. 5043 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5044 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5045 << Var->getDeclName() 5046 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5047 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5048 return; 5049 } 5050 5051 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5052 // variable with dependent type. 5053 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5054 return; 5055 5056 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5057 return; 5058 5059 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5060 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5061 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5062 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5063 return; 5064 } 5065 5066 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5067 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5068 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5069 AbstractVariableType)) { 5070 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5071 return; 5072 } 5073 5074 const RecordType *Record 5075 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5076 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 5077 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5078 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5079 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5080 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5081 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5082 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5083 // type shall have a user-declared default 5084 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5085 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5086 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5087 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5088 // program is ill-formed. 5089 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 5090 } else { 5091 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5092 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5093 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5094 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 5095 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5096 5097 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5098 InitializationKind Kind 5099 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5100 5101 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5102 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5103 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5104 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5105 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5106 else if (Init.get()) 5107 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5108 } 5109 5110 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5111 } 5112} 5113 5114void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5115 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5116 5117 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5118 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5119 5120 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5121 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5122 5123 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5124 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5125 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5126 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5127 5128 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5129 // constructing this copy. 5130 QualType type = var->getType(); 5131 5132 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5133 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5134 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5135 ExprResult result = 5136 PerformCopyInitialization( 5137 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5138 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5139 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5140 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5141 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5142 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5143 } 5144 } 5145 } 5146 5147 // Check for global constructors. 5148 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5149 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5150 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5151 var->getInit() && 5152 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5153 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5154 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5155 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5156 5157 // Require the destructor. 5158 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5159 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5160} 5161 5162/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5163/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5164void 5165Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5166 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5167 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5168} 5169 5170Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5171Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5172 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5173 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5174 5175 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5176 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5177 5178 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5179 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5180 Decls.push_back(D); 5181 5182 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5183 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5184} 5185 5186/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5187/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5188Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5189Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5190 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5191 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5192 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5193 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5194 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5195 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5196 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5197 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5198 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5199 QualType Deduced; 5200 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5201 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5202 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5203 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5204 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5205 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5206 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5207 break; 5208 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5209 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5210 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5211 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5212 Deduced = U; 5213 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5214 DeducedDecl = D; 5215 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5216 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5217 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5218 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5219 << U << D->getDeclName() 5220 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5221 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5222 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5223 break; 5224 } 5225 } 5226 } 5227 } 5228 } 5229 5230 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5231} 5232 5233 5234/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5235/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5236Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5237 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5238 5239 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5240 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5241 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5242 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5243 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5244 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5245 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5246 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5247 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5248 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5249 } 5250 5251 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5252 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5253 5254 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5255 5256 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5257 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5258 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5259 5260 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5261 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5262 // parameter. 5263 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5264 5265 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5266 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5267 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5268 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5269 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5270 } 5271 5272 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5273 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5274 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5275 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5276 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5277 } 5278 } 5279 5280 // Ensure we have a valid name 5281 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5282 if (D.hasName()) { 5283 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5284 if (!II) { 5285 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5286 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5287 D.setInvalidType(true); 5288 } 5289 } 5290 5291 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5292 if (II) { 5293 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5294 ForRedeclaration); 5295 LookupName(R, S); 5296 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5297 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5298 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5299 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5300 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5301 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5302 PrevDecl = 0; 5303 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5304 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5305 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5306 5307 // Recover by removing the name 5308 II = 0; 5309 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5310 D.setInvalidType(true); 5311 } 5312 } 5313 } 5314 5315 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5316 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5317 // looking like class members in C++. 5318 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5319 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5320 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5321 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5322 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5323 5324 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5325 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5326 5327 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5328 S->AddDecl(New); 5329 if (II) 5330 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5331 5332 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5333 5334 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5336 } 5337 return New; 5338} 5339 5340/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5341/// typedef. 5342ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5343 SourceLocation Loc, 5344 QualType T) { 5345 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5346 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5347 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5348 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5349 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5350 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5351 Param->setImplicit(); 5352 return Param; 5353} 5354 5355void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5356 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5357 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5358 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5359 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5360 return; 5361 5362 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5363 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5364 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5365 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5366 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5367 } 5368 } 5369} 5370 5371void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5372 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5373 QualType ReturnTy, 5374 NamedDecl *D) { 5375 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5376 return; 5377 5378 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5379 // threshold. 5380 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5381 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5382 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5383 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5384 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5385 } 5386 5387 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5388 // threshold. 5389 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5390 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5391 if (!T->isPODType()) 5392 continue; 5393 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5394 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5395 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5396 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5397 } 5398} 5399 5400ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 5401 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 5402 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 5403 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5404 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5405 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 5406 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5407 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5408 0); 5409 5410 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5411 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5412 // the class has been completely parsed. 5413 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5414 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5415 AbstractParamType)) 5416 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5417 5418 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5419 // passed by reference. 5420 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5421 Diag(NameLoc, 5422 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5423 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5424 } 5425 5426 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5427 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5428 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5429 // an address space. 5430 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5431 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5432 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5433 } 5434 5435 return New; 5436} 5437 5438void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5439 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5440 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5441 5442 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5443 // for a K&R function. 5444 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5445 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5446 --i; 5447 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5448 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5449 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5450 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5451 << ";\n"; 5452 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5453 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5454 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5455 5456 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5457 // type. 5458 DeclSpec DS; 5459 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5460 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5461 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5462 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5463 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5464 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5465 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5466 } 5467 } 5468 } 5469} 5470 5471Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5472 Declarator &D) { 5473 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5474 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5475 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5476 5477 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5478 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5479 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5480 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5481} 5482 5483static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5484 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5485 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5486 return false; 5487 5488 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5489 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5490 return false; 5491 5492 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5493 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5494 return false; 5495 5496 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5497 if (FD->isMain()) 5498 return false; 5499 5500 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5501 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5502 return false; 5503 5504 // Don't warn about function templates. 5505 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5506 return false; 5507 5508 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5509 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5510 return false; 5511 5512 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5513 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5514 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5515 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5516 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5517 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5518 continue; 5519 5520 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5521 break; 5522 } 5523 5524 return MissingPrototype; 5525} 5526 5527Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5528 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5529 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5530 5531 if (!D) 5532 return D; 5533 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5534 5535 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5536 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5537 else 5538 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5539 5540 // Enter a new function scope 5541 PushFunctionScope(); 5542 5543 // See if this is a redefinition. 5544 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5545 // was an extern inline function. 5546 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5547 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5548 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5549 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5550 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5551 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5552 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5553 else 5554 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5555 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5556 } 5557 5558 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5559 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5560 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5561 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5562 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5563 } 5564 } 5565 5566 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5567 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5568 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5569 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5570 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5571 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5572 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5573 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5574 5575 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5576 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5577 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5578 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5579 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5580 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5581 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5582 5583 if (FnBodyScope) 5584 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5585 5586 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5587 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5588 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5589 5590 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5591 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5592 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5593 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5594 5595 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5596 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5597 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5598 5599 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5600 } 5601 } 5602 5603 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5604 // dllimport attribute. 5605 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5606 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5607 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5608 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5609 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5610 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5611 << "dllimport"; 5612 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5613 return FD; 5614 } 5615 5616 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5617 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5618 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5619 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5620 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5621 // emitted. 5622 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5623 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5624 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5625 } 5626 } 5627 return FD; 5628} 5629 5630/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5631/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5632/// optimization. 5633/// 5634/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5635/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5636/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5637/// use the named return value optimization. 5638/// 5639/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5640/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5641/// the NRVO variable. 5642/// 5643/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5644/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5645/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5646static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5647 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5648 5649 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5650 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5651 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5652 return; 5653 5654 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5655 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5656 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5657 return; 5658 } 5659 5660 if (NRVOCandidate) 5661 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5662} 5663 5664Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5665 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5666} 5667 5668Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5669 bool IsInstantiation) { 5670 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5671 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5672 if (FunTmpl) 5673 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5674 else 5675 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5676 5677 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5678 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 5679 5680 if (FD) { 5681 FD->setBody(Body); 5682 if (FD->isMain()) { 5683 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5684 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5685 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5686 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5687 } 5688 5689 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5690 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5691 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5692 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5693 5694 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5695 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5696 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5697 5698 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5699 } 5700 5701 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5702 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5703 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5704 MD->setBody(Body); 5705 if (Body) 5706 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5707 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5708 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5709 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5710 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5711 } 5712 } else { 5713 return 0; 5714 } 5715 5716 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5717 if (Body) { 5718 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5719 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5720 // Verify this. 5721 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5722 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5723 5724 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5725 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5726 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5727 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5728 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5729 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5730 5731 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5732 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5733 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5734 5735 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5736 Destructor->getParent()); 5737 } 5738 5739 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5740 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5741 // deletion in some later function. 5742 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 5743 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 5744 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5745 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5746 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5747 // enabled. 5748 ActivePolicy = &WP; 5749 } 5750 5751 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5752 } 5753 5754 if (!IsInstantiation) 5755 PopDeclContext(); 5756 5757 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 5758 5759 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5760 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5761 // deletion in some later function. 5762 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5763 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5764 5765 return dcl; 5766} 5767 5768/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5769/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5770NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5771 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5772 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5773 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5774 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5775 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5776 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5777 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5778 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5779 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5780 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5781 return Pos->second; 5782 } 5783 5784 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5785 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5786 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5787 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5788 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5789 else 5790 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5791 5792 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5793 const char *Dummy; 5794 DeclSpec DS; 5795 unsigned DiagID; 5796 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5797 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 5798 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5799 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5800 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(ParsedAttributes(), 5801 false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5802 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 5803 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 5804 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 5805 SourceLocation()); 5806 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5807 5808 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5809 5810 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5811 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5812 5813 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5814 FD->setImplicit(); 5815 5816 CurContext = PrevDC; 5817 5818 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5819 5820 return FD; 5821} 5822 5823/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5824/// the declaration of this function. 5825/// 5826/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5827/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5828/// like NSLog or printf. 5829void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5830 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5831 return; 5832 5833 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5834 // actual attributes. 5835 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5836 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5837 unsigned FormatIdx; 5838 bool HasVAListArg; 5839 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5840 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5841 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5842 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5843 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5844 } 5845 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5846 HasVAListArg)) { 5847 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5848 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5849 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5850 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5851 } 5852 5853 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5854 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5855 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5856 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5857 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5858 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5859 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5860 } 5861 5862 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5863 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5864 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5865 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5866 } 5867 5868 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5869 if (!Name) 5870 return; 5871 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5872 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5873 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5874 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5875 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5876 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5877 // about. 5878 } else 5879 return; 5880 5881 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5882 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5883 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5884 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5885 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5886 } else 5887 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5888 "printf", 1, 5889 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5890 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5891 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5892 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5893 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5894 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5895 "printf", 2, 5896 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5897 } 5898} 5899 5900TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5901 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5902 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5903 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5904 5905 if (!TInfo) { 5906 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5907 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5908 } 5909 5910 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5911 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5912 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5913 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5914 D.getIdentifier(), 5915 TInfo); 5916 5917 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 5918 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 5919 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5920 return NewTD; 5921 } 5922 5923 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 5924 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 5925 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 5926 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 5927 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 5928 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 5929 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 5930 case TST_enum: 5931 case TST_struct: 5932 case TST_union: 5933 case TST_class: { 5934 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 5935 5936 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 5937 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 5938 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 5939 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) break; 5940 5941 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 5942 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 5943 5944 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 5945 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 5946 break; 5947 5948 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 5949 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5950 break; 5951 } 5952 5953 default: 5954 break; 5955 } 5956 5957 return NewTD; 5958} 5959 5960 5961/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5962/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5963/// 5964/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5965bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5966 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5967 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5968 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5969 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5970 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5971 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5972 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5973 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5974 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5975 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5976 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5977 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5978 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5979 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5980 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5981 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5982 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5983 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5984 return true; 5985 5986 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5987 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5988 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5989 bool isTemplate = false; 5990 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5991 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5992 5993 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5994 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5995 << isTemplate << &Name 5996 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5997 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5998 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5999 return true; 6000 } 6001 return false; 6002} 6003 6004/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6005/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6006/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6007/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6008Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6009 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6010 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6011 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6012 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6013 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6014 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6015 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6016 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6017 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6018 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6019 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6020 6021 OwnedDecl = false; 6022 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6023 6024 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6025 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6026 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 6027 bool Invalid = false; 6028 6029 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6030 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6031 // for non-C++ cases. 6032 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 6033 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6034 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6035 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 6036 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6037 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6038 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6039 isExplicitSpecialization, 6040 Invalid)) { 6041 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 6042 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 6043 6044 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6045 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6046 // be a member of another template). 6047 if (Invalid) 6048 return 0; 6049 6050 OwnedDecl = false; 6051 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6052 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6053 TemplateParams, AS, 6054 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6055 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6056 return Result.get(); 6057 } else { 6058 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6059 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6060 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6061 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6062 } 6063 } 6064 } 6065 6066 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6067 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6068 // redeclaration. 6069 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6070 6071 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6072 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6073 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6074 // type, default to int. 6075 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6076 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6077 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6078 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6079 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6080 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6081 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6082 6083 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6084 6085 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6086 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6087 << T; 6088 // Recover by falling back to int. 6089 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6090 } 6091 6092 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6093 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6094 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6095 6096 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6097 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6098 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6099 } 6100 6101 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6102 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6103 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6104 6105 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6106 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6107 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6108 6109 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6110 6111 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6112 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6113 6114 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6115 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6116 Name = 0; 6117 goto CreateNewDecl; 6118 } 6119 6120 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6121 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6122 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6123 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6124 if (!DC) { 6125 IsDependent = true; 6126 return 0; 6127 } 6128 } else { 6129 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6130 if (!DC) { 6131 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6132 << SS.getRange(); 6133 return 0; 6134 } 6135 } 6136 6137 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6138 return 0; 6139 6140 SearchDC = DC; 6141 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6142 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6143 6144 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6145 return 0; 6146 6147 if (Previous.empty()) { 6148 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6149 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6150 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6151 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6152 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6153 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6154 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6155 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6156 IsDependent = true; 6157 return 0; 6158 } 6159 6160 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6161 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6162 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6163 Name = 0; 6164 Invalid = true; 6165 goto CreateNewDecl; 6166 } 6167 } else if (Name) { 6168 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6169 // declaration or definition. 6170 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6171 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6172 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6173 LookupName(Previous, S); 6174 6175 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6176 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6177 return 0; 6178 6179 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6180 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6181 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6182 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6183 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6184 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6185 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6186 } 6187 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6188 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6189 // initial context to the translation unit. 6190 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6191 } 6192 6193 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6194 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6195 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6196 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6197 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6198 Previous.clear(); 6199 } 6200 6201 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6202 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6203 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6204 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6205 6206 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6207 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6208 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6209 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6210 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6211 } 6212 } 6213 6214 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6215 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6216 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6217 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6218 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6219 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6220 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6221 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6222 6223 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6224 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6225 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6226 // 6227 // class-key identifier 6228 // 6229 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6230 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6231 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6232 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6233 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6234 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6235 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6236 // declaration. 6237 // 6238 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6239 // C structs and unions. 6240 // 6241 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6242 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6243 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6244 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6245 // 6246 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6247 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6248 // 6249 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6250 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6251 // lexical context, 6252 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6253 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6254 6255 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6256 while (S->isClassScope() || 6257 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6258 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6259 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6260 (S->getEntity() && 6261 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6262 S = S->getParent(); 6263 } else { 6264 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6265 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6266 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6267 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6268 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6269 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6270 } 6271 6272 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6273 // diagnose some problems. 6274 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6275 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6276 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6277 } 6278 } 6279 6280 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6281 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6282 6283 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6284 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6285 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6286 // in C++. 6287 // 6288 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6289 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6290 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6291 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6292 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6293 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6294 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6295 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6296 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6297 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6298 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6299 PrevDecl = Tag; 6300 Previous.clear(); 6301 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6302 Previous.resolveKind(); 6303 } 6304 } 6305 } 6306 } 6307 6308 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6309 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6310 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6311 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6312 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6313 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6314 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6315 // struct or something similar. 6316 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6317 bool SafeToContinue 6318 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6319 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6320 if (SafeToContinue) 6321 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6322 << Name 6323 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6324 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6325 else 6326 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6327 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6328 6329 if (SafeToContinue) 6330 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6331 else { 6332 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6333 Name = 0; 6334 Previous.clear(); 6335 Invalid = true; 6336 } 6337 } 6338 6339 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6340 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6341 6342 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6343 // returning the previous declaration. 6344 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6345 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6346 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6347 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6348 return PrevTagDecl; 6349 } 6350 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6351 QualType T; 6352 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6353 T = TI->getType(); 6354 else 6355 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6356 6357 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6358 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6359 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6360 << T 6361 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6362 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6363 return PrevTagDecl; 6364 } 6365 } 6366 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6367 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6368 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6369 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6370 return PrevTagDecl; 6371 } 6372 } 6373 6374 if (!Invalid) { 6375 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6376 6377 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6378 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6379 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6380 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6381 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6382 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6383 return PrevTagDecl; 6384 6385 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6386 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6387 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6388 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6389 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6390 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6391 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6392 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6393 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6394 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6395 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6396 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6397 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6398 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6399 // references get the previous definition. 6400 Name = 0; 6401 Previous.clear(); 6402 Invalid = true; 6403 } 6404 } else { 6405 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6406 // about a nested redefinition. 6407 const TagType *Tag 6408 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6409 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6410 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6411 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6412 diag::note_previous_definition); 6413 Name = 0; 6414 Previous.clear(); 6415 Invalid = true; 6416 } 6417 } 6418 6419 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6420 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6421 } 6422 } 6423 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6424 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6425 6426 } else { 6427 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6428 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6429 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6430 // have distinct types. 6431 Previous.clear(); 6432 } 6433 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6434 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6435 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6436 6437 6438 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6439 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6440 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6441 } else { 6442 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6443 6444 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6445 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6446 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6447 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6448 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6449 unsigned Kind = 0; 6450 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6451 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6452 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6453 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6454 Invalid = true; 6455 6456 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6457 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 6458 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6459 // do nothing 6460 6461 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6462 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6463 unsigned Kind = 0; 6464 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6465 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6466 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6467 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6468 Invalid = true; 6469 6470 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6471 // case here. 6472 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6473 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6474 << Name 6475 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 6476 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6477 Invalid = true; 6478 6479 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6480 } else { 6481 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6482 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6483 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6484 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6485 Name = 0; 6486 Invalid = true; 6487 } 6488 6489 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6490 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6491 Previous.clear(); 6492 } 6493 } 6494 6495CreateNewDecl: 6496 6497 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6498 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6499 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6500 6501 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6502 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6503 // keyword. 6504 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6505 6506 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6507 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6508 // PrevDecl. 6509 TagDecl *New; 6510 6511 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6512 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6513 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6514 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6515 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 6516 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6517 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6518 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6519 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6520 TagDecl *Def; 6521 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6522 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6523 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6524 } 6525 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6526 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6527 << New; 6528 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6529 } else { 6530 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6531 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6532 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6533 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6534 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6535 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6536 6537 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6538 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6539 // the declaration context. 6540 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6541 IsForwardReference = true; 6542 } 6543 } 6544 6545 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6546 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6547 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6548 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6549 else 6550 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6551 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6552 } 6553 6554 } else { 6555 // struct/union/class 6556 6557 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6558 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6559 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6560 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6561 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 6562 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6563 6564 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6565 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6566 } else 6567 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 6568 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6569 } 6570 6571 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6572 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6573 if (SS.isSet()) { 6574 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 6575 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6576 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6577 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6578 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6579 } 6580 } 6581 else 6582 Invalid = true; 6583 } 6584 6585 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6586 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6587 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6588 // 6589 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6590 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6591 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6592 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6593 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6594 // parsing of the struct). 6595 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6596 } 6597 6598 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6599 // check the specialization. 6600 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6601 Invalid = true; 6602 6603 if (Invalid) 6604 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6605 6606 if (Attr) 6607 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6608 6609 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6610 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6611 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6612 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6613 6614 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6615 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6616 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6617 6618 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6619 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6620 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6621 6622 // Set the access specifier. 6623 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6624 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6625 6626 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6627 New->startDefinition(); 6628 6629 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6630 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6631 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6632 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6633 if (PrevDecl) 6634 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6635 6636 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6637 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6638 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6639 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6640 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6641 } else if (Name) { 6642 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6643 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6644 if (IsForwardReference) 6645 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6646 6647 } else { 6648 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6649 } 6650 6651 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6652 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6653 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6654 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6655 II->isStr("FILE")) 6656 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6657 6658 OwnedDecl = true; 6659 return New; 6660} 6661 6662void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6663 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6664 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6665 6666 // Enter the tag context. 6667 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6668} 6669 6670void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6671 ClassVirtSpecifiers &CVS, 6672 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6673 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6674 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6675 6676 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6677 6678 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6679 return; 6680 6681 if (CVS.isFinalSpecified()) 6682 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(CVS.getFinalLoc(), Context)); 6683 if (CVS.isExplicitSpecified()) 6684 Record->addAttr(new (Context) ExplicitAttr(CVS.getExplicitLoc(), Context)); 6685 6686 // C++ [class]p2: 6687 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6688 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6689 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6690 // as if it were a public member name. 6691 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6692 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 6693 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 6694 Record->getIdentifier(), 6695 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6696 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6697 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6698 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6699 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6700 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6701 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6702 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6703 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6704 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6705} 6706 6707void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6708 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6709 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6710 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6711 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6712 6713 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6714 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6715 6716 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6717 PopDeclContext(); 6718 6719 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6720 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6721} 6722 6723void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6724 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6725 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6726 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6727 6728 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6729 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6730 // the FieldCollector. 6731 6732 PopDeclContext(); 6733} 6734 6735// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6736bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6737 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6738 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6739 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6740 if (ZeroWidth) 6741 *ZeroWidth = true; 6742 6743 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6744 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6745 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6746 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6747 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6748 return true; 6749 if (FieldName) 6750 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6751 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6752 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6753 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6754 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 6755 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 6756 return true; 6757 6758 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6759 // it now. 6760 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6761 return false; 6762 6763 llvm::APSInt Value; 6764 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6765 return true; 6766 6767 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6768 *ZeroWidth = false; 6769 6770 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6771 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6772 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6773 6774 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6775 if (FieldName) 6776 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6777 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6778 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6779 << Value.toString(10); 6780 } 6781 6782 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6783 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6784 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6785 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6786 if (FieldName) 6787 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6788 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6789 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6790 6791 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6792 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6793 } 6794 6795 if (FieldName) 6796 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6797 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6798 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6799 else 6800 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6801 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6802 } 6803 } 6804 6805 return false; 6806} 6807 6808/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6809/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6810Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6811 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6812 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6813 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6814 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6815 AS_public); 6816 return Res; 6817} 6818 6819/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6820/// 6821FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6822 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6823 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6824 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6825 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6826 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6827 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6828 6829 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6830 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6831 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6832 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6833 6834 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 6835 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 6836 D.setInvalidType(); 6837 T = Context.IntTy; 6838 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 6839 } 6840 } 6841 6842 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6843 6844 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6845 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6846 6847 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6848 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6849 LookupName(Previous, S); 6850 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6851 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6852 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6853 6854 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6855 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6856 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6857 6858 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6859 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6860 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6861 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6862 PrevDecl = 0; 6863 } 6864 6865 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6866 PrevDecl = 0; 6867 6868 bool Mutable 6869 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6870 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6871 FieldDecl *NewFD 6872 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6873 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6874 6875 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6876 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6877 6878 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6879 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6880 // with the same name in the same scope. 6881 } else if (II) { 6882 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6883 } else 6884 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6885 6886 return NewFD; 6887} 6888 6889/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6890/// 6891/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6892/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6893/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6894/// created. 6895/// 6896/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6897/// 6898/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6899FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6900 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6901 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6902 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6903 SourceLocation TSSL, 6904 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6905 Declarator *D) { 6906 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6907 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6908 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6909 6910 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6911 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6912 if (T.isNull()) { 6913 InvalidDecl = true; 6914 T = Context.IntTy; 6915 } 6916 6917 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6918 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6919 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6920 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6921 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6922 InvalidDecl = true; 6923 } 6924 6925 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6926 // than a variably modified type. 6927 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6928 bool SizeIsNegative; 6929 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6930 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6931 SizeIsNegative, 6932 Oversized); 6933 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6934 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6935 T = FixedTy; 6936 } else { 6937 if (SizeIsNegative) 6938 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6939 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6940 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6941 << Oversized.toString(10); 6942 else 6943 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6944 InvalidDecl = true; 6945 } 6946 } 6947 6948 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6949 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6950 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6951 AbstractFieldType)) 6952 InvalidDecl = true; 6953 6954 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6955 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6956 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6957 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6958 InvalidDecl = true; 6959 BitWidth = 0; 6960 ZeroWidth = false; 6961 } 6962 6963 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6964 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6965 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6966 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6967 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6968 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6969 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6970 6971 if (DiagID) { 6972 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6973 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6974 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6975 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6976 Mutable = false; 6977 InvalidDecl = true; 6978 } 6979 } 6980 6981 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6982 BitWidth, Mutable); 6983 if (InvalidDecl) 6984 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6985 6986 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6987 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6988 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6989 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6990 } 6991 6992 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6993 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6994 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6995 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6996 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6997 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6998 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6999 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7000 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7001 // objects. 7002 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 7003 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7004 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7005 } 7006 } 7007 7008 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7009 // the program is ill-formed. 7010 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7011 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7012 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7013 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7014 } 7015 } 7016 } 7017 7018 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7019 // representation, not a parser representation. 7020 if (D) 7021 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7022 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7023 7024 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7025 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7026 7027 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7028 return NewFD; 7029} 7030 7031bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7032 assert(FD); 7033 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7034 7035 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7036 return true; 7037 7038 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7039 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7040 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7041 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7042 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7043 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7044 // copy constructors. 7045 7046 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7047 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7048 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7049 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 7050 member = CXXConstructor; 7051 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7052 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7053 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7054 member = CXXDestructor; 7055 7056 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7057 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7058 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7059 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7060 return true; 7061 } 7062 } 7063 } 7064 7065 return false; 7066} 7067 7068/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7069/// special member, figure out why. 7070void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7071 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7072 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7073 7074 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7075 switch (member) { 7076 case CXXInvalid: 7077 break; 7078 7079 case CXXConstructor: 7080 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7081 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7082 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7083 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7084 ci->hasBody(body); 7085 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7086 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7087 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7088 return; 7089 } 7090 } 7091 7092 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7093 return; 7094 } 7095 break; 7096 7097 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7098 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7099 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7100 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7101 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7102 return; 7103 } 7104 break; 7105 7106 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7107 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7108 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7109 // assignment, not the type. 7110 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7111 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7112 return; 7113 } 7114 break; 7115 7116 case CXXDestructor: 7117 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7118 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7119 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7120 return; 7121 } 7122 break; 7123 } 7124 7125 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7126 7127 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7128 // but not trivial destruction. 7129 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7130 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7131 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7132 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7133 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7134 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7135 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7136 return; 7137 } 7138 7139 // Check for virtual methods. 7140 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7141 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7142 ++mi) { 7143 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7144 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7145 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7146 return; 7147 } 7148 } 7149 } 7150 7151 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7152 switch (member) { 7153 case CXXConstructor: 7154 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 7155 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7156 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7157 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7158 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7159 case CXXDestructor: 7160 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7161 default: 7162 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7163 } 7164 7165 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7166 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7167 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7168 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7169 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7170 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7171 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7172 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7173 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7174 return; 7175 } 7176 } 7177 7178 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7179 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7180 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7181 ++fi) { 7182 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7183 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7184 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7185 7186 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7187 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7188 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7189 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7190 return; 7191 } 7192 } 7193 } 7194 7195 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7196} 7197 7198/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7199/// AST enum value. 7200static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7201TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7202 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7203 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7204 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7205 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7206 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7207 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7208 } 7209} 7210 7211/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7212/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7213Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7214 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7215 Decl *IntfDecl, 7216 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7217 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7218 7219 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7220 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7221 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7222 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7223 7224 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7225 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7226 7227 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7228 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7229 7230 if (BitWidth) { 7231 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7232 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7233 D.setInvalidType(); 7234 BitWidth = 0; 7235 } 7236 } else { 7237 // Not a bitfield. 7238 7239 // validate II. 7240 7241 } 7242 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7243 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7244 D.setInvalidType(); 7245 } 7246 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7247 // than a variably modified type. 7248 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7249 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7250 D.setInvalidType(); 7251 } 7252 7253 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7254 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7255 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7256 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7257 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7258 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7259 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7260 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7261 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7262 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7263 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7264 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7265 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7266 } 7267 else 7268 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7269 } else { 7270 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7271 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7272 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7273 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7274 return 0; 7275 } 7276 } 7277 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7278 } 7279 7280 // Construct the decl. 7281 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7282 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7283 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7284 7285 if (II) { 7286 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7287 ForRedeclaration); 7288 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7289 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7290 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7291 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7292 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7293 } 7294 } 7295 7296 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7297 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7298 7299 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7300 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7301 7302 if (II) { 7303 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7304 // these to the interface. 7305 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7306 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7307 } 7308 7309 return NewID; 7310} 7311 7312/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7313/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7314/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7315/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7316void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7317 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7318 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7319 return; 7320 7321 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7322 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7323 7324 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7325 return; 7326 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7327 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7328 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7329 return; 7330 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7331 if (!ID) { 7332 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7333 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7334 return; 7335 } 7336 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7337 else 7338 return; 7339 } 7340 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7341 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7342 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7343 7344 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7345 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 7346 Context.CharTy, 7347 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7348 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7349 true); 7350 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7351} 7352 7353void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7354 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7355 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7356 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7357 AttributeList *Attr) { 7358 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7359 7360 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7361 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7362 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7363 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7364 return; 7365 } 7366 7367 7368 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7369 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7370 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7371 7372 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7373 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7374 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7375 7376 // Get the type for the field. 7377 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7378 7379 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7380 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7381 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7382 } 7383 7384 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7385 // diagnostics about it. 7386 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7387 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7388 continue; 7389 } 7390 7391 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7392 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7393 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7394 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7395 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7396 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7397 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7398 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7399 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7400 // array. 7401 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7402 // Field declared as a function. 7403 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7404 << FD->getDeclName(); 7405 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7406 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7407 continue; 7408 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7409 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7410 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 7411 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7412 // Flexible array member. 7413 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7414 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7415 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7416 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7417 if (Record->isUnion()) 7418 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 7419 << FD->getDeclName(); 7420 else if (NumFields == 1) 7421 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 7422 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7423 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7424 if (Record->isUnion()) 7425 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 7426 << FD->getDeclName(); 7427 else if (NumFields == 1) 7428 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 7429 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7430 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7431 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7432 << FD->getDeclName(); 7433 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7434 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7435 continue; 7436 } 7437 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7438 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7439 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7440 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7441 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7442 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7443 continue; 7444 } 7445 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7446 if (Record) 7447 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7448 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7449 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7450 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7451 // Incomplete type 7452 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7453 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7454 continue; 7455 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7456 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7457 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7458 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7459 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7460 } else { 7461 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7462 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7463 // structures. 7464 if (i != NumFields-1) 7465 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7466 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7467 else { 7468 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7469 // other structs as an extension. 7470 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7471 << FD->getDeclName(); 7472 if (Record) 7473 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7474 } 7475 } 7476 } 7477 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7478 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7479 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7480 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7481 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7482 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7483 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7484 continue; 7485 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7486 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7487 Record && 7488 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7489 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7490 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7491 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7492 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7493 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7494 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7495 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7496 } 7497 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7498 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7499 ++NumNamedMembers; 7500 } 7501 7502 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7503 if (Record) { 7504 bool Completed = false; 7505 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7506 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7507 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7508 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7509 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7510 I != E; ++I) 7511 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7512 7513 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7514 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7515 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7516 7517 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7518 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7519 // problem now. 7520 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7521 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7522 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7523 7524 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7525 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7526 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7527 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7528 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7529 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7530 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7531 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7532 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7533 continue; 7534 7535 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7536 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7537 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7538 // program is ill-formed. 7539 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7540 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7541 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7542 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7543 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7544 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7545 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7546 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7547 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7548 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7549 7550 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7551 } 7552 } 7553 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7554 Completed = true; 7555 } 7556 } 7557 } 7558 } 7559 7560 if (!Completed) 7561 Record->completeDefinition(); 7562 } else { 7563 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7564 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7565 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7566 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7567 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7568 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7569 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7570 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7571 } 7572 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7573 // duplicates. 7574 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7575 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7576 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7577 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7578 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7579 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7580 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7581 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7582 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7583 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7584 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7585 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7586 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7587 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7588 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7589 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7590 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7591 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7592 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7593 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7594 } 7595 } 7596 } 7597 7598 if (Attr) 7599 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7600 7601 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7602 // set the visibility of this record. 7603 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7604 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7605} 7606 7607/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7608/// the given type T. 7609static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7610 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7611 QualType T) { 7612 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7613 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7614 7615 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7616 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7617 --BitWidth; 7618 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7619 } 7620 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7621} 7622 7623// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7624// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7625static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7626 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7627 // enum checking below. 7628 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7629 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7630 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7631 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7632 }; 7633 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7634 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7635 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7636 }; 7637 7638 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7639 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7640 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7641 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7642 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7643 return Types[I]; 7644 7645 return QualType(); 7646} 7647 7648EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7649 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7650 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7651 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7652 Expr *Val) { 7653 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7654 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7655 QualType EltTy; 7656 7657 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 7658 Val = 0; 7659 7660 if (Val) { 7661 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7662 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7663 else { 7664 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7665 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7666 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7667 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7668 Val = 0; 7669 } else { 7670 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7671 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7672 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7673 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7674 // representable as an int. 7675 7676 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7677 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7678 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7679 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7680 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7681 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7682 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7683 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7684 } 7685 } 7686 7687 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7688 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7689 7690 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7691 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7692 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7693 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7694 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7695 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7696 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7697 } else 7698 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7699 << EltTy; 7700 } else 7701 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7702 } 7703 else { 7704 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7705 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7706 // is the type of its initializing value: 7707 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7708 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7709 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7710 } 7711 } 7712 } 7713 } 7714 7715 if (!Val) { 7716 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7717 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7718 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7719 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7720 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7721 // is the type of its initializing value: 7722 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7723 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7724 // 7725 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7726 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7727 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7728 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7729 } 7730 else { 7731 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7732 } 7733 } else { 7734 // Assign the last value + 1. 7735 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7736 ++EnumVal; 7737 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7738 7739 // Check for overflow on increment. 7740 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7741 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7742 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7743 // is the type of its initializing value: 7744 // 7745 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7746 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7747 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7748 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7749 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7750 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7751 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7752 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7753 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7754 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7755 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7756 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7757 ++EnumVal; 7758 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7759 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7760 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7761 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7762 << EltTy; 7763 else 7764 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7765 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7766 } else { 7767 EltTy = T; 7768 } 7769 7770 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7771 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7772 // value, then increment. 7773 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7774 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7775 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7776 ++EnumVal; 7777 7778 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7779 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7780 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7781 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7782 // integral type. 7783 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7784 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7785 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7786 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7787 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7788 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7789 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7790 } 7791 } 7792 } 7793 7794 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7795 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7796 // enumerator's type. 7797 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7798 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7799 } 7800 7801 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7802 Val, EnumVal); 7803} 7804 7805 7806Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7807 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7808 AttributeList *Attr, 7809 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7810 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7811 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7812 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7813 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7814 7815 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7816 // we find one that is. 7817 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7818 7819 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7820 // scope. 7821 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7822 ForRedeclaration); 7823 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7824 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7825 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7826 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7827 PrevDecl = 0; 7828 } 7829 7830 if (PrevDecl) { 7831 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7832 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7833 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7834 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7835 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7836 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7837 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7838 else 7839 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7840 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7841 return 0; 7842 } 7843 } 7844 7845 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7846 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7847 // name different from T: 7848 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7849 // type 7850 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7851 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7852 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7853 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7854 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7855 7856 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7857 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7858 7859 if (New) { 7860 // Process attributes. 7861 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7862 7863 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7864 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7865 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7866 } 7867 7868 return New; 7869} 7870 7871void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7872 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7873 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7874 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7875 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7876 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7877 7878 if (Attr) 7879 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7880 7881 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7882 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7883 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7884 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7885 if (!ECD) continue; 7886 7887 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7888 } 7889 7890 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7891 return; 7892 } 7893 7894 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7895 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7896 // emit a warning. 7897 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7898 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7899 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7900 7901 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7902 // reverse the list. 7903 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7904 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7905 7906 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7907 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7908 7909 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7910 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7911 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7912 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7913 7914 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7915 7916 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7917 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7918 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7919 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7920 else 7921 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7922 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7923 7924 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7925 if (AllElementsInt) 7926 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7927 } 7928 7929 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7930 QualType BestType; 7931 unsigned BestWidth; 7932 7933 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7934 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7935 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7936 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7937 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7938 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7939 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7940 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7941 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7942 QualType BestPromotionType; 7943 7944 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7945 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7946 // enum definitions. 7947 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7948 Packed = true; 7949 7950 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7951 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7952 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7953 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7954 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7955 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7956 } 7957 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7958 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7959 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7960 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7961 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7962 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7963 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7964 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7965 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7966 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7967 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7968 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7969 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7970 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7971 } else { 7972 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7973 7974 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7975 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7976 } else { 7977 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7978 7979 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7980 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7981 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7982 } 7983 } 7984 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7985 } else { 7986 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7987 // all of the enumerator values. 7988 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7989 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7990 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7991 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7992 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7993 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7994 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7995 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7996 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7997 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7998 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7999 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8000 BestPromotionType 8001 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8002 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8003 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8004 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8005 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8006 BestPromotionType 8007 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8008 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8009 } else { 8010 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8011 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8012 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8013 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8014 BestPromotionType 8015 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8016 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8017 } 8018 } 8019 8020 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8021 // the type of the enum if needed. 8022 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8023 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8024 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8025 8026 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8027 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8028 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8029 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8030 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8031 8032 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8033 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8034 8035 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8036 // the enum decl type. 8037 QualType NewTy; 8038 unsigned NewWidth; 8039 bool NewSign; 8040 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8041 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8042 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8043 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8044 NewSign = true; 8045 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8046 // Already the right type! 8047 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8048 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8049 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8050 // enumeration. 8051 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8052 continue; 8053 } else { 8054 NewTy = BestType; 8055 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8056 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8057 } 8058 8059 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8060 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8061 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8062 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8063 8064 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8065 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8066 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8067 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8068 CK_IntegralCast, 8069 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8070 /*base paths*/ 0, 8071 VK_RValue)); 8072 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8073 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8074 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8075 // enumeration. 8076 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8077 else 8078 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8079 } 8080 8081 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8082 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8083} 8084 8085Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8086 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8087 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8088 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8089 8090 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8091 AsmString, StartLoc, 8092 EndLoc); 8093 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8094 return New; 8095} 8096 8097void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8098 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8099 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8100 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8101 8102 if (PrevDecl) { 8103 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8104 } else { 8105 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8106 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8107 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8108 } 8109} 8110 8111void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8112 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8113 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8114 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8115 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8116 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8117 LookupOrdinaryName); 8118 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8119 8120 if (PrevDecl) { 8121 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8122 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8123 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8124 } else { 8125 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8126 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8127 } 8128} 8129